ソースを参照

IDEX Mirror mode based on Formbot / Vivedino Symmetric mode (#13404)

InsanityAutomation 6年前
コミット
09eb30dc05
89個のファイルの変更2233行の追加1579行の削除
  1. 29
    20
      Marlin/Configuration_adv.h
  2. 1
    1
      Marlin/src/feature/runout.h
  3. 53
    57
      Marlin/src/gcode/control/M605.cpp
  4. 1
    1
      Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M600.cpp
  5. 1
    1
      Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h
  6. 2
    2
      Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h
  7. 1
    1
      Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h
  8. 1
    1
      Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h
  9. 1
    1
      Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt-br.h
  10. 1
    1
      Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h
  11. 1
    1
      Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h
  12. 4
    4
      Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp
  13. 3
    3
      Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp
  14. 9
    9
      Marlin/src/module/motion.h
  15. 8
    16
      Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp
  16. 5
    5
      Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp
  17. 29
    20
      config/default/Configuration_adv.h
  18. 29
    20
      config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h
  19. 29
    20
      config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h
  20. 28
    19
      config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h
  21. 29
    20
      config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h
  22. 29
    20
      config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h
  23. 30
    20
      config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h
  24. 29
    20
      config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h
  25. 29
    20
      config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h
  26. 29
    20
      config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h
  27. 29
    20
      config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h
  28. 29
    20
      config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h
  29. 29
    20
      config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h
  30. 29
    20
      config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h
  31. 29
    20
      config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h
  32. 29
    20
      config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h
  33. 29
    20
      config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h
  34. 29
    20
      config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h
  35. 28
    19
      config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h
  36. 29
    20
      config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h
  37. 29
    20
      config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h
  38. 29
    20
      config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h
  39. 29
    20
      config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h
  40. 29
    20
      config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h
  41. 29
    20
      config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h
  42. 29
    20
      config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h
  43. 29
    20
      config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h
  44. 29
    20
      config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h
  45. 29
    20
      config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h
  46. 28
    19
      config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h
  47. 28
    20
      config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h
  48. 29
    20
      config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h
  49. 29
    20
      config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h
  50. 29
    20
      config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h
  51. 29
    20
      config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h
  52. 29
    20
      config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h
  53. 29
    20
      config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h
  54. 29
    20
      config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h
  55. 29
    20
      config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h
  56. 29
    20
      config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h
  57. 29
    20
      config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h
  58. 29
    20
      config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h
  59. 29
    20
      config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h
  60. 29
    20
      config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h
  61. 29
    20
      config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h
  62. 29
    20
      config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h
  63. 29
    20
      config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h
  64. 29
    20
      config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h
  65. 29
    20
      config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h
  66. 29
    20
      config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h
  67. 29
    20
      config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h
  68. 28
    19
      config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h
  69. 29
    20
      config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h
  70. 29
    20
      config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h
  71. 29
    20
      config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h
  72. 29
    20
      config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h
  73. 29
    20
      config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h
  74. 28
    19
      config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h
  75. 29
    20
      config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h
  76. 29
    20
      config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h
  77. 29
    20
      config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h
  78. 29
    20
      config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h
  79. 29
    20
      config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h
  80. 29
    20
      config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h
  81. 29
    20
      config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h
  82. 29
    20
      config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h
  83. 29
    20
      config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h
  84. 29
    20
      config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h
  85. 29
    20
      config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h
  86. 29
    20
      config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h
  87. 29
    20
      config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h
  88. 29
    20
      config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h
  89. 29
    20
      config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h

+ 29
- 20
Marlin/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 1
- 1
Marlin/src/feature/runout.h ファイルの表示

@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ class FilamentSensorBase {
238 238
         if (true
239 239
           #if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 1
240 240
             #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
241
-              && (dual_x_carriage_mode == DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE || dual_x_carriage_mode == DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE)
241
+              && (dual_x_carriage_mode == DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE || dual_x_carriage_mode == DXC_MIRRORED_MODE)
242 242
             #elif ENABLED(MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION)
243 243
               && extruder_duplication_enabled
244 244
             #endif

+ 53
- 57
Marlin/src/gcode/control/M605.cpp ファイルの表示

@@ -32,25 +32,34 @@
32 32
 #include "../../module/tool_change.h"
33 33
 #include "../../module/planner.h"
34 34
 
35
+#define DEBUG_OUT ENABLED(DEBUG_DXC_MODE)
36
+#include "../../core/debug_out.h"
37
+
35 38
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
36 39
 
37 40
   /**
38 41
    * M605: Set dual x-carriage movement mode
39 42
    *
40
-   *    M605    : Restore user specified DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE
41
-   *    M605 S0 : Full control mode. The slicer has full control over x-carriage movement
42
-   *    M605 S1 : Auto-park mode. The inactive head will auto park/unpark without slicer involvement
43
-   *    M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm]: Duplication mode. The second extruder will duplicate the first with nnn
44
-   *                         units x-offset and an optional differential hotend temperature of
45
-   *                         mmm degrees. E.g., with "M605 S2 X100 R2" the second extruder will duplicate
46
-   *                         the first with a spacing of 100mm in the x direction and 2 degrees hotter.
47
-   *    M605 S3 : Enable Scaled Duplication mode.  The second extruder will duplicate the first extruder's
48
-   *              movement similar to the M605 S2 mode.   However, the second extruder will be producing
49
-   *              a scaled image of the first extruder.  The initial x-offset and temperature differential are
50
-   *              set with M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm] and then followed with a M605 S3 to start the mirrored movement.
43
+   *   M605 S0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
44
+   *             results as long as it supports dual X-carriages.
45
+   * 
46
+   *   M605 S1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so that
47
+   *             additional slicer support is not required.
48
+   * 
49
+   *   M605 S2 X R : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
50
+   *             the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
51
+   *             Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
52
+   *             follow with "M605 S2" to initiate duplicated movement. For example, use "M605 S2 X100 R2" to
53
+   *             make a copy 100mm to the right with E1 2° hotter than E0.
54
+   *
55
+   *   M605 S3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
56
+   *             the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
57
+   *             The temperature differential and initial X offset must be set with "M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg]",
58
+   *             then followed by "M605 S3" to initiate mirrored movement.
59
+   *
51 60
    *    M605 W  : IDEX What? command.
52 61
    *
53
-   *    Note: the X axis should be homed after changing dual x-carriage mode.
62
+   *    Note: the X axis should be homed after changing Dual X-carriage mode.
54 63
    */
55 64
   void GcodeSuite::M605() {
56 65
     planner.synchronize();
@@ -59,18 +68,16 @@
59 68
       const DualXMode previous_mode = dual_x_carriage_mode;
60 69
 
61 70
       dual_x_carriage_mode = (DualXMode)parser.value_byte();
71
+      mirrored_duplication_mode = false;
62 72
 
63
-      #if 0
64
-      scaled_duplication_mode = false;
65
-
66
-      if (dual_x_carriage_mode == DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE) {
73
+      if (dual_x_carriage_mode == DXC_MIRRORED_MODE) {
67 74
         if (previous_mode != DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) {
68 75
           SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("Printer must be in DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE prior to ");
69
-          SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("specifying DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE.");
76
+          SERIAL_ECHOLNPGM("specifying DXC_MIRRORED_MODE.");
70 77
           dual_x_carriage_mode = DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE;
71 78
           return;
72 79
         }
73
-        scaled_duplication_mode = true;
80
+        mirrored_duplication_mode = true;
74 81
         stepper.set_directions();
75 82
         float x_jog = current_position[X_AXIS] - .1;
76 83
         for (uint8_t i = 2; --i;) {
@@ -79,7 +86,6 @@
79 86
         }
80 87
         return;
81 88
       }
82
-      #endif
83 89
 
84 90
       switch (dual_x_carriage_mode) {
85 91
         case DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE:
@@ -105,47 +111,37 @@
105 111
     #ifdef DEBUG_DXC_MODE
106 112
 
107 113
       if (parser.seen('W')) {
108
-        SERIAL_ECHO_START();
109
-        SERIAL_ECHOPGM("IDEX mode: ");
114
+        DEBUG_ECHO_START();
115
+        DEBUG_ECHOPGM("Dual X Carriage Mode ");
110 116
         switch (dual_x_carriage_mode) {
111
-          case DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE:       SERIAL_ECHOPGM("DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE");       break;
112
-          case DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE:          SERIAL_ECHOPGM("DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE");          break;
113
-          case DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE:        SERIAL_ECHOPGM("DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE");        break;
114
-          case DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE: SERIAL_ECHOPGM("DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE"); break;
117
+          case DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE: DEBUG_ECHOPGM("FULL_CONTROL"); break;
118
+          case DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE:    DEBUG_ECHOPGM("AUTO_PARK");    break;
119
+          case DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE:  DEBUG_ECHOPGM("DUPLICATION");  break;
120
+          case DXC_MIRRORED_MODE:     DEBUG_ECHOPGM("MIRRORED");     break;
115 121
         }
116
-        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nActive Ext: ", int(active_extruder));
117
-        if (!active_extruder_parked) SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" NOT ");
118
-        SERIAL_ECHOPGM(" parked.");
119
-        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nactive_extruder_x_pos: ", current_position[X_AXIS]);
120
-        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\ninactive_extruder_x_pos: ", inactive_extruder_x_pos);
121
-        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nextruder_duplication_enabled: ", int(extruder_duplication_enabled));
122
-        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nduplicate_extruder_x_offset: ", duplicate_extruder_x_offset);
123
-        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nduplicate_extruder_temp_offset: ", duplicate_extruder_temp_offset);
124
-        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\ndelayed_move_time: ", delayed_move_time);
125
-        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nX1 Home X: ", x_home_pos(0));
126
-        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nX1_MIN_POS=", int(X1_MIN_POS));
127
-        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nX1_MAX_POS=", int(X1_MAX_POS));
128
-        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nX2 Home X: ", x_home_pos(1));
129
-        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nX2_MIN_POS=", int(X2_MIN_POS));
130
-        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nX2_MAX_POS=", int(X2_MAX_POS));
131
-        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nX2_HOME_DIR=", int(X2_HOME_DIR));
132
-        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nX2_HOME_POS=", int(X2_HOME_POS));
133
-        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nDEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE=", STRINGIFY(DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE));
134
-        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nTOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE=", float(TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE));
135
-        SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("\nDEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET=", int(DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET));
136
-        SERIAL_EOL();
137
-
138
-        for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
139
-          SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(" nozzle:", int(i));
140
-          LOOP_XYZ(j) {
141
-            SERIAL_ECHOPGM("    hotend_offset[");
142
-            SERIAL_CHAR(axis_codes[j]);
143
-            SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("_AXIS][", int(i));
144
-            SERIAL_ECHOPAIR("]=", hotend_offset[j][i]);
145
-          }
146
-          SERIAL_EOL();
122
+        DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nActive Ext: ", int(active_extruder));
123
+        if (!active_extruder_parked) DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" NOT ");
124
+        DEBUG_ECHOPGM(" parked.");
125
+        DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nactive_extruder_x_pos: ", current_position[X_AXIS]);
126
+        DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\ninactive_extruder_x_pos: ", inactive_extruder_x_pos);
127
+        DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nextruder_duplication_enabled: ", int(extruder_duplication_enabled));
128
+        DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nduplicate_extruder_x_offset: ", duplicate_extruder_x_offset);
129
+        DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nduplicate_extruder_temp_offset: ", duplicate_extruder_temp_offset);
130
+        DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\ndelayed_move_time: ", delayed_move_time);
131
+        DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nX1 Home X: ", x_home_pos(0), "\nX1_MIN_POS=", int(X1_MIN_POS), "\nX1_MAX_POS=", int(X1_MAX_POS));
132
+        DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nX2 Home X: ", x_home_pos(1), "\nX2_MIN_POS=", int(X2_MIN_POS), "\nX2_MAX_POS=", int(X2_MAX_POS));
133
+        DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nX2_HOME_DIR=", int(X2_HOME_DIR), "\nX2_HOME_POS=", int(X2_HOME_POS));
134
+        DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nDEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE=", STRINGIFY(DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE));
135
+        DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nTOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE=", float(TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE));
136
+        DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("\nDEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET=", int(DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET));
137
+        DEBUG_EOL();
138
+
139
+        HOTEND_LOOP() {
140
+          DEBUG_ECHOPAIR(" nozzle:", int(e));
141
+          LOOP_XYZ(j) DEBUG_ECHOPAIR("  hotend_offset[", axis_codes[j], "_AXIS][", int(e), "]=", hotend_offset[j][e]);
142
+          DEBUG_EOL();
147 143
         }
148
-        SERIAL_EOL();
144
+        DEBUG_EOL();
149 145
       }
150 146
     #endif // DEBUG_DXC_MODE
151 147
   }

+ 1
- 1
Marlin/src/gcode/feature/pause/M600.cpp ファイルの表示

@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M600() {
90 90
     if (
91 91
       active_extruder != target_extruder
92 92
       #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
93
-        && dual_x_carriage_mode != DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE && dual_x_carriage_mode != DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE
93
+        && dual_x_carriage_mode != DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE && dual_x_carriage_mode != DXC_MIRRORED_MODE
94 94
       #endif
95 95
     ) tool_change(target_extruder, 0, false);
96 96
   #endif

+ 1
- 1
Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_de.h ファイルの表示

@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
99 99
 #define MSG_IDEX_MENU                       _UxGT("IDEX-Modus")
100 100
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK              _UxGT("Autom. Parken")
101 101
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE             _UxGT("Duplizieren")
102
-#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY           _UxGT("Skalierung kopieren")
102
+#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY         _UxGT("Spiegelkopie")
103 103
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL             _UxGT("vollstä. Kontrolle")
104 104
 #define MSG_IDEX_X_OFFSET                   _UxGT("2. Düse X")
105 105
 #define MSG_IDEX_Y_OFFSET                   _UxGT("2. Düse Y")

+ 2
- 2
Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_en.h ファイルの表示

@@ -247,8 +247,8 @@
247 247
 #ifndef MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE
248 248
   #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE             _UxGT("Duplication")
249 249
 #endif
250
-#ifndef MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY
251
-  #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY           _UxGT("Scaled copy")
250
+#ifndef MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY
251
+  #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY         _UxGT("Mirrored copy")
252 252
 #endif
253 253
 #ifndef MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL
254 254
   #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL             _UxGT("Full control")

+ 1
- 1
Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_it.h ファイルの表示

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
97 97
 #define MSG_IDEX_MENU                       _UxGT("Modo IDEX")
98 98
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK              _UxGT("Auto-Park")
99 99
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE             _UxGT("Duplicazione")
100
-#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY           _UxGT("Copia scalata")
100
+#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY         _UxGT("Copia speculare")
101 101
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL             _UxGT("Pieno controllo")
102 102
 #define MSG_IDEX_X_OFFSET                   _UxGT("2° ugello X")
103 103
 #define MSG_IDEX_Y_OFFSET                   _UxGT("2° ugello Y")

+ 1
- 1
Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_ko_KR.h ファイルの表示

@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
88 88
 #define MSG_IDEX_MENU                       _UxGT("IDEX Mode")
89 89
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK              _UxGT("Auto-Park")
90 90
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE             _UxGT("Duplication")
91
-#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY           _UxGT("Scaled copy")
91
+#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY         _UxGT("미러 사본")
92 92
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL             _UxGT("Full control")
93 93
 #define MSG_IDEX_X_OFFSET                   _UxGT("2nd nozzle X")
94 94
 #define MSG_IDEX_Y_OFFSET                   _UxGT("2nd nozzle Y")

+ 1
- 1
Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_pt-br.h ファイルの表示

@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
99 99
 #define MSG_IDEX_MENU                       _UxGT("Modo IDEX")
100 100
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK              _UxGT("Auto-Estacionar")
101 101
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE             _UxGT("Duplicação")
102
-#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY           _UxGT("Cópia em Escala")
102
+#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY         _UxGT("Cópia espelhada")
103 103
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL             _UxGT("Controle Total")
104 104
 #define MSG_IDEX_X_OFFSET                   _UxGT("2o bico X")
105 105
 #define MSG_IDEX_Y_OFFSET                   _UxGT("2o bico Y")

+ 1
- 1
Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_sk.h ファイルの表示

@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
106 106
 #define MSG_IDEX_MENU                       _UxGT("IDEX mód")
107 107
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK              _UxGT("Auto-parkovanie")
108 108
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE             _UxGT("Duplikácia")
109
-#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY           _UxGT("Zmenšená kópia")
109
+#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY         _UxGT("Zrkadlená kópia")
110 110
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL             _UxGT("Plná kontrola")
111 111
 #define MSG_IDEX_X_OFFSET                   _UxGT("2. tryska X")
112 112
 #define MSG_IDEX_Y_OFFSET                   _UxGT("2. tryska Y")

+ 1
- 1
Marlin/src/lcd/language/language_tr.h ファイルの表示

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
98 98
 #define MSG_IDEX_MENU                       _UxGT("IDEX Modu")
99 99
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_AUTOPARK              _UxGT("Oto-Park")
100 100
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_DUPLICATE             _UxGT("Kopyala")
101
-#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY           _UxGT("Ölçeklenmiş Kopya")
101
+#define MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY         _UxGT("Yansıtılmış kopya")
102 102
 #define MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL             _UxGT("Tam Kontrol")
103 103
 #define MSG_IDEX_X_OFFSET                   _UxGT("2. nozul X")
104 104
 #define MSG_IDEX_Y_OFFSET                   _UxGT("2. nozul Y")

+ 4
- 4
Marlin/src/lcd/menu/menu_configuration.cpp ファイルの表示

@@ -138,10 +138,10 @@ static void lcd_factory_settings() {
138 138
       ? PSTR("M605 S1\nT0\nG28\nM605 S2 X200\nG28 X\nG1 X100")                // If Y or Z is not homed, do a full G28 first
139 139
       : PSTR("M605 S1\nT0\nM605 S2 X200\nG28 X\nG1 X100")
140 140
     );
141
-    //MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_IDEX_MODE_SCALED_COPY, need_g28
142
-    //  ? PSTR("M605 S1\nT0\nG28\nM605 S2 X200\nG28 X\nG1 X100\nM605 S3 X200")  // If Y or Z is not homed, do a full G28 first
143
-    //  : PSTR("M605 S1\nT0\nM605 S2 X200\nG28 X\nG1 X100\nM605 S3 X200")
144
-    //);
141
+    MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_IDEX_MODE_MIRRORED_COPY, need_g28
142
+      ? PSTR("M605 S1\nT0\nG28\nM605 S2 X200\nG28 X\nG1 X100\nM605 S3 X200")  // If Y or Z is not homed, do a full G28 first
143
+      : PSTR("M605 S1\nT0\nM605 S2 X200\nG28 X\nG1 X100\nM605 S3 X200")
144
+    );
145 145
     MENU_ITEM(gcode, MSG_IDEX_MODE_FULL_CTRL, PSTR("M605 S0\nG28 X"));
146 146
     MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float52, MSG_IDEX_X_OFFSET , &hotend_offset[X_AXIS][1], MIN(X2_HOME_POS, X2_MAX_POS) - 25.0, MAX(X2_HOME_POS, X2_MAX_POS) + 25.0, _recalc_IDEX_settings);
147 147
     MENU_MULTIPLIER_ITEM_EDIT_CALLBACK(float52, MSG_IDEX_Y_OFFSET , &hotend_offset[Y_AXIS][1], -10.0, 10.0, _recalc_IDEX_settings);

+ 3
- 3
Marlin/src/module/motion.cpp ファイルの表示

@@ -853,8 +853,8 @@ void clean_up_after_endstop_or_probe_move() {
853 853
 #endif // !UBL_SEGMENTED
854 854
 
855 855
 #if HAS_DUPLICATION_MODE
856
-  bool extruder_duplication_enabled;
857
-       //scaled_duplication_mode;
856
+  bool extruder_duplication_enabled,
857
+       mirrored_duplication_mode;
858 858
 #endif
859 859
 
860 860
 #if ENABLED(MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION) && HOTENDS > 2
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ void clean_up_after_endstop_or_probe_move() {
923 923
           active_extruder_parked = false;
924 924
           if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("Clear active_extruder_parked");
925 925
           break;
926
-        case DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE:
926
+        case DXC_MIRRORED_MODE:
927 927
         case DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE:
928 928
           if (active_extruder == 0) {
929 929
             if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) DEBUG_ECHOLNPAIR("Set planner X", inactive_extruder_x_pos, " ... Line to X", current_position[X_AXIS] + duplicate_extruder_x_offset);

+ 9
- 9
Marlin/src/module/motion.h ファイルの表示

@@ -316,8 +316,8 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis);
316 316
  * Duplication mode
317 317
  */
318 318
 #if HAS_DUPLICATION_MODE
319
-  extern bool extruder_duplication_enabled;       // Used in Dual X mode 2
320
-              //scaled_duplication_mode;            // Used in Dual X mode 3
319
+  extern bool extruder_duplication_enabled,       // Used in Dual X mode 2
320
+              mirrored_duplication_mode;          // Used in Dual X mode 3
321 321
 #endif
322 322
 
323 323
 #if ENABLED(MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION) && HOTENDS > 2
@@ -333,16 +333,16 @@ void homeaxis(const AxisEnum axis);
333 333
     DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE,
334 334
     DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE,
335 335
     DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE,
336
-    DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE
336
+    DXC_MIRRORED_MODE
337 337
   };
338 338
 
339 339
   extern DualXMode dual_x_carriage_mode;
340
-  extern float inactive_extruder_x_pos,           // used in mode 0 & 1
341
-               raised_parked_position[XYZE],      // used in mode 1
342
-               duplicate_extruder_x_offset;       // used in mode 2 & 3
343
-  extern bool active_extruder_parked;             // used in mode 1, 2 & 3
344
-  extern millis_t delayed_move_time;              // used in mode 1
345
-  extern int16_t duplicate_extruder_temp_offset;  // used in mode 2 & 3
340
+  extern float inactive_extruder_x_pos,           // Used in mode 0 & 1
341
+               raised_parked_position[XYZE],      // Used in mode 1
342
+               duplicate_extruder_x_offset;       // Used in mode 2 & 3
343
+  extern bool active_extruder_parked;             // Used in mode 1, 2 & 3
344
+  extern millis_t delayed_move_time;              // Used in mode 1
345
+  extern int16_t duplicate_extruder_temp_offset;  // Used in mode 2 & 3
346 346
 
347 347
   FORCE_INLINE bool dxc_is_duplicating() { return dual_x_carriage_mode >= DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE; }
348 348
 

+ 8
- 16
Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp ファイルの表示

@@ -284,22 +284,14 @@ int8_t Stepper::count_direction[NUM_AXIS] = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
284 284
     #define X_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) do{ X_STEP_WRITE(v); X2_STEP_WRITE(v); }while(0)
285 285
   #endif
286 286
 #elif ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
287
-  #define X_APPLY_DIR(v,ALWAYS) \
288
-    if (extruder_duplication_enabled || ALWAYS) { \
289
-      X_DIR_WRITE(v); \
290
-      X2_DIR_WRITE(v); \
291
-    } \
292
-    else { \
293
-      if (movement_extruder()) X2_DIR_WRITE(v); else X_DIR_WRITE(v); \
294
-    }
295
-  #define X_APPLY_STEP(v,ALWAYS) \
296
-    if (extruder_duplication_enabled || ALWAYS) { \
297
-      X_STEP_WRITE(v); \
298
-      X2_STEP_WRITE(v); \
299
-    } \
300
-    else { \
301
-      if (movement_extruder()) X2_STEP_WRITE(v); else X_STEP_WRITE(v); \
302
-    }
287
+  #define X_APPLY_DIR(v,ALWAYS) do{ \
288
+    if (extruder_duplication_enabled || ALWAYS) { X_DIR_WRITE(v); X2_DIR_WRITE(mirrored_duplication_mode ? !(v) : v); } \
289
+    else if (movement_extruder()) X2_DIR_WRITE(v); else X_DIR_WRITE(v); \
290
+  }while(0)
291
+  #define X_APPLY_STEP(v,ALWAYS) do{ \
292
+    if (extruder_duplication_enabled || ALWAYS) { X_STEP_WRITE(v); X2_STEP_WRITE(v); } \
293
+    else if (movement_extruder()) X2_STEP_WRITE(v); else X_STEP_WRITE(v); \
294
+  }while(0)
303 295
 #else
304 296
   #define X_APPLY_DIR(v,Q) X_DIR_WRITE(v)
305 297
   #define X_APPLY_STEP(v,Q) X_STEP_WRITE(v)

+ 5
- 5
Marlin/src/module/tool_change.cpp ファイルの表示

@@ -505,10 +505,10 @@ inline void invalid_extruder_error(const uint8_t e) {
505 505
     if (DEBUGGING(LEVELING)) {
506 506
       DEBUG_ECHOPGM("Dual X Carriage Mode ");
507 507
       switch (dual_x_carriage_mode) {
508
-        case DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE"); break;
509
-        case DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE"); break;
510
-        case DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE"); break;
511
-        case DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE"); break;
508
+        case DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE: DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("FULL_CONTROL"); break;
509
+        case DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE:    DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("AUTO_PARK");    break;
510
+        case DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE:  DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("DUPLICATION");  break;
511
+        case DXC_MIRRORED_MODE:     DEBUG_ECHOLNPGM("MIRRORED");     break;
512 512
       }
513 513
     }
514 514
 
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ void tool_change(const uint8_t tmp_extruder, const float fr_mm_s/*=0.0*/, bool n
596 596
 
597 597
     planner.synchronize();
598 598
 
599
-    #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)  // Only T0 allowed if the Printer is in DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE or DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE
599
+    #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)  // Only T0 allowed if the Printer is in DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE or DXC_MIRRORED_MODE
600 600
       if (tmp_extruder != 0 && dxc_is_duplicating())
601 601
          return invalid_extruder_error(tmp_extruder);
602 602
     #endif

+ 29
- 20
config/default/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 28
- 19
config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,28 +404,37 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431 440
   #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 30
- 20
config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,30 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
426
+//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
408 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
409
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
410
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
413
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
414
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
415
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
416
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
417
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
418
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
419
-
420
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
421
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
422
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
423
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
424
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
425
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
426
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
427
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
428 438
 
429 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
430
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
431 441
 
432 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
433 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -408,31 +408,40 @@
408 408
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
409 409
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
410 410
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
411
+ * 
412
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
413
+ * 
414
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
415
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
416
+ * 
417
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
418
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
419
+ * 
420
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
421
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
422
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
423
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
424
+ * 
425
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
426
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
427
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
428
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
411 429
  */
412 430
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
413 431
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
414
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
415
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
416
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
417
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
418
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
419
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
420
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
421
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
422
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
423
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
424
-
425
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
426
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
427
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
428
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
429
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
430
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
431
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
432
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
432
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
433
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
434
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
435
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
436
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
437
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
438
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
439
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
440
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
441
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
433 442
 
434 443
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
435
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
444
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
436 445
 
437 446
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
438 447
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 28
- 19
config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,28 +404,37 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431 440
   #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 28
- 19
config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -408,28 +408,37 @@
408 408
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
409 409
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
410 410
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
411
+ * 
412
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
413
+ * 
414
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
415
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
416
+ * 
417
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
418
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
419
+ * 
420
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
421
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
422
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
423
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
424
+ * 
425
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
426
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
427
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
428
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
411 429
  */
412 430
 #define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
413 431
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
414
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS        // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
415
-  #define X1_MAX_POS (X_BED_SIZE)     // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
416
-  #define X2_MIN_POS  0               // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
417
-  #define X2_MAX_POS (442-4.0)        // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
418
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1               // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
419
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS      // default home position is the maximum carriage position
420
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
421
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
422
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
423
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
424
-
425
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
426
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
427
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
428
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
429
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
430
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
431
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
432
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
432
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS    // Set to X_MIN_POS
433
+  #define X1_MAX_POS (X_BED_SIZE) // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
434
+  #define X2_MIN_POS  0           // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
435
+  #define X2_MAX_POS (442-4.0)    // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
436
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1           // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
437
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS  // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
438
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
439
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
440
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
441
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
433 442
 
434 443
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
435 444
   #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE

+ 28
- 20
config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -408,29 +408,37 @@
408 408
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
409 409
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
410 410
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
411
+ * 
412
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
413
+ * 
414
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
415
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
416
+ * 
417
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
418
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
419
+ * 
420
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
421
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
422
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
423
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
424
+ * 
425
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
426
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
427
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
428
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
411 429
  */
412 430
 #define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
413 431
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
414
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
415
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
416
-  #define X2_MIN_POS  0     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
417
-  #define X2_MAX_POS (442-4.0) // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
418
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
419
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
420
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
421
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
422
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
423
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
424
-
425
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
426
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE):           Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
427
-  //                                              as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
428
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   :           Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
429
-  //                                              that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
430
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) :           Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
431
-  //                                              actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
432
-  //                                              once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
433
-  //    Mode 3 (DXC_SCALED_DUPLICATION_MODE) :    Not working yet, but support routines in place
432
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS    // Set to X_MIN_POS
433
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE   // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
434
+  #define X2_MIN_POS  0           // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
435
+  #define X2_MAX_POS (442-4.0)    // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
436
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1           // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
437
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS  // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
438
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
439
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
440
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
441
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
434 442
 
435 443
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
436 444
   #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 28
- 19
config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,28 +404,37 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431 440
   #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -417,31 +417,40 @@
417 417
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
418 418
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
419 419
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
420
+ * 
421
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
422
+ * 
423
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
424
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
425
+ * 
426
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
427
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
428
+ * 
429
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
430
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
431
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
432
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
433
+ * 
434
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
435
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
436
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
437
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
420 438
  */
421 439
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
422 440
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
423
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
424
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
425
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
426
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
427
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
428
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
429
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
430
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
431
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
432
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
433
-
434
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
435
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
436
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
437
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
438
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
439
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
440
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
441
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
441
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
442
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
443
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
444
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
445
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
446
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
447
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
448
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
449
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
450
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
442 451
 
443 452
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
444
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
453
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
445 454
 
446 455
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
447 456
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 28
- 19
config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,28 +404,37 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431 440
   #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

+ 29
- 20
config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h ファイルの表示

@@ -404,31 +404,40 @@
404 404
  * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
405 405
  * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
406 406
  * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
407
+ * 
408
+ * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
409
+ * 
410
+ *   0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
411
+ *       results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
412
+ * 
413
+ *   1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
414
+ *       that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
415
+ * 
416
+ *   2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
417
+ *       the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
418
+ *       Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
419
+ *       follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
420
+ * 
421
+ *   3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
422
+ *       the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
423
+ *       Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
424
+ *       follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
407 425
  */
408 426
 //#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
409 427
 #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
410
-  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS  // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
411
-  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
412
-  #define X2_MIN_POS 80     // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
413
-  #define X2_MAX_POS 353    // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
414
-  #define X2_HOME_DIR 1     // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
415
-  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
416
-      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
417
-      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
418
-      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
419
-      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
420
-
421
-  // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
422
-  //    Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
423
-  //                                    as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
424
-  //    Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE)   : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
425
-  //                                    that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
426
-  //    Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
427
-  //                                    actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
428
-  //                                    once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
428
+  #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS   // Set to X_MIN_POS
429
+  #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE  // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
430
+  #define X2_MIN_POS    80       // Set a minimum to ensure the  second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
431
+  #define X2_MAX_POS   353       // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
432
+  #define X2_HOME_DIR    1       // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
433
+  #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
434
+                      // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
435
+                      // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
436
+                      // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
437
+                      // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
429 438
 
430 439
   // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
431
-  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
440
+  #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
432 441
 
433 442
   // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
434 443
   #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100

読み込み中…
キャンセル
保存